{"title":"2nd Gen Toyota Pickup Interior Parts | 1984–1988","description":"\u003cp\u003eShop interior parts for 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup models in a dedicated second-generation collection. Cabin fitment can vary by model year, cab configuration, transmission, trim, and production date, so this page narrows the catalog to parts already assigned to the 2nd Gen Pickup. These trucks were offered in both 2WD and 4WD configurations, and engine and drivetrain combinations changed across the generation, making product-level fitment notes important.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis collection brings together the interior restoration and replacement pieces currently cataloged for the 2nd Gen Pickup, including components used around the dash, console, switches, shifter area, trim, clips, and cabin hardware where available. For year-split plastics and trim, compare the original part, mounting details, transmission configuration, and product photos before ordering. Modified or swapped interiors may require additional verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing dash vents?\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/toyota-4runner-pickup-dash-vent-fitment-guide\"\u003eToyota 4Runner \/ Pickup Dash Vent Fitment Guide\u003c\/a\u003e to identify the long-pocket versus short-pocket dashboard before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2nd-gen-toyota-pickup-parts-1984-1988\"\u003eShop all 2nd Gen Pickup parts\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/fitment-help\"\u003eFitment Help\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/guides\"\u003eGuides \u0026amp; Fitment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"passenger-ac-vent-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"Passenger A\/C Vent (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style Passenger \/ Corner A\/C Vent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style Passenger \/ Corner A\/C Vent\u003c\/strong\u003e is a direct replacement for the passenger-side dash vent used in \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal vents commonly become brittle, crack, or develop loose internal vanes that no longer hold their position. This reproduction vent is manufactured from \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced internal structure and redesigned vanes for improved durability and controlled airflow adjustment while preserving the factory appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToyota used two different dash and vent configurations during these years. \u003cstrong\u003eVent selection must be based on the installed dash pocket style rather than the vehicle's model year alone.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style passenger \/ corner A\/C vent reproduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3D-printed construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced structure at common original vent failure points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRedesigned internal vanes resist flopping or drifting out of position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth sliding airflow adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive layering minimizes visible print lines on the vent face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation with no trimming or drilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned and manufactured in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEarly vs. Late Dash Vent Styles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToyota used two passenger-side vent designs. The correct version is determined by the \u003cstrong\u003edash pocket configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Model – Long Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommonly found on \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986-style dashboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the \u003cstrong\u003elong passenger-side pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePocket extends continuously from the center vent area toward the passenger-side vent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLate Model – Short Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommonly found on \u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989-style dashboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the \u003cstrong\u003eshort pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall pocket is positioned above the center vents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the dashboard has been replaced or swapped, choose the vent based on the dash pocket style rather than the vehicle's model year.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Passenger \/ Corner Dash A\/C Vent – Select by Dash Style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Passenger \/ Corner Dash A\/C Vent – Select by Dash Style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassenger-side \/ corner dash vent application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelect Early or Late vent based on the installed dash pocket style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle model year alone should not be used if the dashboard has been replaced\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftermarket dash caps must be removed before installation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory metal retaining clips are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal metal retaining clips must be reused\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming, drilling, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Passenger \/ Corner A\/C Vent\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Passenger-Side Dashboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Directional Internal Vanes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Location\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDash Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Model – Long Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassenger \/ corner A\/C vent for the early long-pocket dashboard configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes (1) passenger-side vent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLate Model – Short Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassenger \/ corner A\/C vent for the late short-pocket dashboard configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes (1) passenger-side vent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach selected configuration includes a \u003cstrong\u003epassenger side plastic A\/C vent\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eassembly \u003c\/strong\u003efor the chosen dash style and color. Original metal retaining clips are not included and must be reused.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Gray","offer_id":44993252000053,"sku":"071","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Brown","offer_id":44993252032821,"sku":"072","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Black","offer_id":44993252065589,"sku":"073","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Blue","offer_id":44993252131125,"sku":"075","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Red","offer_id":44993252098357,"sku":"074","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Gray","offer_id":45252861133109,"sku":"076","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Brown","offer_id":45252861296949,"sku":"077","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Black","offer_id":45252861460789,"sku":"078","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Blue","offer_id":45252861788469,"sku":"080","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Red","offer_id":45252861624629,"sku":"079","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/gray_e0c430b1-0d34-4e31-b8ab-35bc07478d3a.png?v=1751659444"},{"product_id":"middle-ac-vent-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"Middle A\/C Vent (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style Center \/ Middle A\/C Vent\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style Center \/ Middle A\/C Vent\u003c\/strong\u003e is a direct-fit replacement for the factory center dash vent used in \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal vents commonly become brittle, cracked, faded, or develop loose internal louvers that no longer hold the selected airflow direction. This reproduction vent uses durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e, reinforced internal construction, and redesigned louvers to improve durability while maintaining the factory appearance and operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToyota used two different dashboard configurations during these years. \u003cstrong\u003eThe correct vent must be selected according to the installed dash pocket style rather than vehicle model year alone.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style center \/ middle A\/C vent reproduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3D-printed construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced internal structure at common original failure points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRedesigned louvers resist flopping or drifting out of position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintains smooth airflow-direction adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive layering minimizes visible print lines on the vent face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation in the factory center dash location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming, drilling, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintains factory-style appearance and airflow control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEarly vs. Late Dash Styles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToyota used two center vent configurations based on dashboard design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Style – Long Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommonly associated with \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986-style dashboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the long passenger-side storage pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePocket extends from the center vent area toward the passenger side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLate Style – Short Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommonly associated with \u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989-style dashboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the short storage pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall pocket is positioned above the center vents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the dashboard has been replaced or swapped, select the vent according to the installed dash pocket style rather than the vehicle's model year.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Center \/ Middle Dash A\/C Vent – Select by Dash Style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Center \/ Middle Dash A\/C Vent – Select by Dash Style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelect Early or Late style according to the installed dash pocket configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle model year alone should not be used if the dashboard has been replaced or swapped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftermarket dash caps must be removed before installation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory metal retaining clips are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal metal retaining clips must be reused\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming, drilling, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Center \/ Middle A\/C Vent\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Center Dashboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Directional Internal Louvers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Dash Location\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Style – Long Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter \/ middle A\/C vent for the early long-pocket dashboard configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLate Style – Short Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter \/ middle A\/C vent for the late short-pocket dashboard configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach selected configuration includes a \u003cstrong\u003emiddle plastic A\/C vent\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eassembly \u003c\/strong\u003efor the chosen dash style and color. Original metal retaining clips are not included and must be reused.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Gray","offer_id":45239886119221,"sku":"058","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Brown","offer_id":45239886151989,"sku":"059","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Black","offer_id":45239886184757,"sku":"060","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Blue","offer_id":45239886250293,"sku":"062","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Red","offer_id":45239886217525,"sku":"061","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Gray","offer_id":45245514219829,"sku":"063","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Brown","offer_id":45245514580277,"sku":"064","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Black","offer_id":45245514940725,"sku":"065","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Blue","offer_id":45245515661621,"sku":"067","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Red","offer_id":45245515301173,"sku":"066","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/gray_0a17626b-b904-4d7b-8bed-c7bc5180e543.png?v=1751403732"},{"product_id":"toyota-heater-control-indicator-lens-oem-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"HVAC Heater A\/C Control Indicator Plate (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"101\" width=\"303\" alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/toyota_480x480.png?v=1686610000\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota Heater Control Indicator Lens (A\/C Plate)\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota Heater Control Indicator Lens\u003c\/strong\u003e, commonly referred to as the \u003cstrong\u003eA\/C plate\u003c\/strong\u003e, is a direct replacement for the factory HVAC control lens used in 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver time, the original lens can become faded, yellowed, cracked, or damaged, reducing the clarity and even illumination of the heater and A\/C control graphics. This genuine Toyota replacement restores the original appearance, light diffusion, and visibility of the HVAC control panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause this is a \u003cstrong\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota component\u003c\/strong\u003e, it retains the factory fit and appearance without requiring modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota\u003c\/strong\u003e heater control indicator lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommonly known as the \u003cstrong\u003eA\/C plate\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestores factory heater and A\/C control illumination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintains proper icon visibility and light distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the original HVAC control lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreserves factory dash appearance and fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing cracked, faded, yellowed, or missing original lenses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional green LED backlight upgrade available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOptional Green LED Backlight Upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn optional \u003cstrong\u003egreen LED backlight bulb\u003c\/strong\u003e is available for customers who want improved HVAC control illumination while retaining the original Toyota-style green appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LED provides brighter illumination than the original incandescent bulb and can improve nighttime visibility without changing the factory-inspired color of the control panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplacing the bulb while the A\/C plate is being installed is also convenient since the HVAC control area is already being accessed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Heater \/ A\/C Control Indicator Lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Heater \/ A\/C Control Indicator Lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the factory heater and A\/C control indicator lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls in the original HVAC control location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional green LED bulb is available as an upgrade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulb replacement is recommended while the HVAC control assembly is accessible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Toyota\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heater \/ A\/C Control Indicator Lens\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e A\/C Plate\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dashboard HVAC Control Panel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine OEM\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e HVAC Control Illumination and Icon Display\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Location\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA\/C Plate Only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Genuine OEM Toyota heater control indicator lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA\/C Plate + Green LED Upgrade\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Genuine OEM Toyota heater control indicator lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Green LED HVAC backlight bulb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Toyota","offers":[{"title":"Yes","offer_id":46258661556533,"sku":"069","price":10.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"No","offer_id":46258661589301,"sku":"068","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/HVAC_f8d1ec9f-8dee-4dab-add6-2944ac7e2699.png?v=1741628960"},{"product_id":"steering-wheel-toyota-decal-domed-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"“TOYOTA” Steering Wheel Emblem Decal OEM-Style (1987-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"wt-content-toggle__body wt-content-toggle__body--truncated-03 wt-content-toggle__body--truncated\" id=\"wt-content-toggle-product-details-read-more\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOEM-Style “TOYOTA” Steering Wheel Emblem Decal\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1987–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1987–1988 Toyota Pickup with Domed Steering Wheel Emblem\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style “TOYOTA” Steering Wheel Emblem Decal\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reproduction replacement for the factory-style decal used on late 1st Gen Toyota 4Runner and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickup steering wheels equipped with the \u003cstrong\u003edomed “TOYOTA” center emblem\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal steering wheel decals can fade, peel, crack, or disappear over time, leaving the center emblem looking incomplete. This replacement restores the original-style lettering, dimensions, and appearance while using a durable clear domed construction and high-bond adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe decal measures \u003cstrong\u003e8 mm tall × 49 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e and is designed specifically for the curved domed steering wheel emblem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style \u003cstrong\u003e“TOYOTA”\u003c\/strong\u003e steering wheel emblem decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the factory-style \u003cstrong\u003edomed steering wheel emblem\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasures \u003cstrong\u003e8 mm tall × 49 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear poly-domed construction for added depth and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright metallic silver lettering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplicates the original-style Toyota font, spacing, and proportions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-bond adhesive backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to resist peeling, fading, and cracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation with no trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1987–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Steering Wheel with Domed “TOYOTA” Emblem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1987–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Steering Wheel with Domed “TOYOTA” Emblem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits only steering wheels equipped with the domed “TOYOTA” center emblem\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes not fit flat or non-domed steering wheel emblem designs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the installed steering wheel and emblem style before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the existing emblem surface thoroughly before installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress firmly across the curved surface to ensure complete adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steering Wheel Emblem Decal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steering Wheel Center Emblem\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLettering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metallic Silver\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear Domed Finish\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 mm Tall × 49 mm Wide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adhesive Backing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peel-and-Stick\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM-style “TOYOTA” steering wheel emblem decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"BLVinyl","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47575315448117,"sku":"101","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/Untitled-1_cfc05bfc-3a51-4286-892c-bc416c0541c3.png?v=1783986190"},{"product_id":"transfer-case-shift-knob-pattern-decal-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"Transfer Case Knob Decal OEM-Style (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOEM-Style Transfer Case Shift Pattern Decal\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup 4WD with 21.5 mm Flat-Top Manual Transfer Case Knob\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style Transfer Case Shift Pattern Decal\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reproduction replacement for the factory-style transfer case knob decal used on classic Toyota 4WD models equipped with a manual transfer case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to restore the appearance of faded, damaged, or missing originals, the decal recreates the period-correct shift pattern, green color tone, and dimensional appearance of the original design. Its \u003cstrong\u003e21.5 mm diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the intended factory flat-top transfer case knob application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clear poly-domed surface, chrome-like base layer, and translucent green coloring provide the depth and finish needed for an OEM-style interior restoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style manual transfer case shift pattern decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExact \u003cstrong\u003e21.5 mm diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for factory-style \u003cstrong\u003eflat-top transfer case shift knobs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear poly-domed construction for added depth and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChrome-like base layer with translucent coloring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeriod-correct \u003cstrong\u003egreen hue\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecreates the original-style Toyota transfer case shift pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-bond all-weather adhesive backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation with no trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4WD – Manual Transfer Case – 21.5 mm Flat-Top Transfer Case Knob\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4WD – Manual Transfer Case – 21.5 mm Flat-Top Transfer Case Knob\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor manual transfer case applications only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003e21.5 mm flat-top transfer case knobs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for factory domed transfer case shift knobs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic transfer case configurations did not use this decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean and dry the knob surface thoroughly before installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress firmly across the entire decal surface to ensure proper adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transfer Case Shift Pattern Decal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transfer Case Shift Knob\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual Transfer Case\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21.5 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear Poly-Domed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green with Chrome-Like Base\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adhesive Backing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peel-and-Stick\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM-style transfer case shift pattern decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLVinyl","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46335984992565,"sku":"104","price":7.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/transfer_case.png?v=1783985721"},{"product_id":"transfer-case-shifting-instruction-decal-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"Transfer Case Shift Pattern Decal OEM-Style (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOEM-Style Transfer Case Shift Pattern Decal\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup 4WD with 21.5 mm Flat-Top Manual Transfer Case Knob\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style Transfer Case Shift Pattern Decal\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reproduction replacement for the factory-style transfer case knob decal used on classic Toyota 4WD models equipped with a manual transfer case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to restore the appearance of faded, damaged, or missing originals, the decal recreates the period-correct shift pattern, green color tone, and dimensional appearance of the original design. Its \u003cstrong\u003e21.5 mm diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the intended factory flat-top transfer case knob application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clear poly-domed surface, chrome-like base layer, and translucent green coloring provide the depth and finish needed for an OEM-style interior restoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style manual transfer case shift pattern decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExact \u003cstrong\u003e21.5 mm diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for factory-style \u003cstrong\u003eflat-top transfer case shift knobs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear poly-domed construction for added depth and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChrome-like base layer with translucent coloring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeriod-correct \u003cstrong\u003egreen hue\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecreates the original-style Toyota transfer case shift pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-bond all-weather adhesive backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation with no trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4WD – Manual Transfer Case – 21.5 mm Flat-Top Transfer Case Knob\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4WD – Manual Transfer Case – 21.5 mm Flat-Top Transfer Case Knob\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor manual transfer case applications only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003e21.5 mm flat-top transfer case knobs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for factory domed transfer case shift knobs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic transfer case configurations did not use this decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean and dry the knob surface thoroughly before installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress firmly across the entire decal surface to ensure proper adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transfer Case Shift Pattern Decal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transfer Case Shift Knob\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual Transfer Case\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21.5 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear Poly-Domed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green with Chrome-Like Base\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adhesive Backing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peel-and-Stick\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM-style transfer case shift pattern decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLVinyl","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46336267682101,"sku":"102","price":13.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/ChatGPT_Image_Jul_13_2026_08_37_11_PM.png?v=1783989468"},{"product_id":"toyota-5-speed-shift-pattern-decal-flat-top","title":"5 Speed Shift Pattern Decal OEM-Style","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOEM-Style 5-Speed Shift Pattern Decal\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Flat-Top Toyota Manual Shift Knobs – 24 mm \u0026amp; 30 mm Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style 5-Speed Shift Pattern Decal\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reproduction replacement for flat-top Toyota manual transmission shift knobs with worn, faded, or missing gear-pattern inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to recreate the original-style 5-speed gear layout and appearance, the decal uses a clear poly-domed surface over a reflective chrome-style base with translucent gear numbering and an opaque \u003cstrong\u003e“R”\u003c\/strong\u003e for reverse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable for \u003cstrong\u003e24 mm and 30 mm flat-top shift knob applications\u003c\/strong\u003e, it provides a clean restoration option without requiring trimming or modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style \u003cstrong\u003e5-speed manual shift pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e reproduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for flat-top Toyota manual shift knobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in \u003cstrong\u003e24 mm and 30 mm sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear poly-domed construction for depth and surface protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChrome-style reflective base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTranslucent gear numbering with opaque \u003cstrong\u003e“R”\u003c\/strong\u003e marking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-bond all-weather adhesive backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Manual Transmission Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for Toyota vehicles equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003eflat-top OEM-style manual shift knob\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable for \u003cstrong\u003e24 mm and 30 mm shift knob decal diameters\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-top manual shift knobs only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for factory domed shift knobs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the required decal diameter before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean and dry the knob surface thoroughly before installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply firm, even pressure to ensure full adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-Speed Shift Pattern Decal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual Transmission Shift Knob\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-Speed Manual Transmission\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Diameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 mm, 30 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear Poly-Domed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chrome-Style Reflective\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGear Markings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Translucent with Opaque “R”\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adhesive Backing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peel-and-Stick\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) 24 mm OEM-style 5-speed shift pattern decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e30 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) 30 mm OEM-style 5-speed shift pattern decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLVinyl","offers":[{"title":"24mm","offer_id":51124509638965,"sku":"106","price":7.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30mm","offer_id":51124509671733,"sku":"273","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/Untitled-3_e0fd753a-9a17-4b26-afdb-071530a2b628.png?v=1783985003"},{"product_id":"driver-ac-vent-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"Driver Side A\/C Vent (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style Driver \/ Corner A\/C Vent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style Driver \/ Corner A\/C Vent\u003c\/strong\u003e is a direct-fit replacement for the factory driver-side dashboard vent used in 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal vents commonly become brittle, cracked, faded, or develop loose internal louvers that no longer hold the selected airflow direction. This replacement uses durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e, reinforced construction, and a redesigned internal structure to improve longevity and airflow control while maintaining the original-style appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToyota used two different dashboard and vent configurations during these years. \u003cstrong\u003eThe correct vent must be selected according to the installed dash pocket style rather than vehicle model year alone.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style driver-side \/ corner A\/C vent replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from high-strength \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3D-printed construction with adaptive layering for a cleaner visible finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced at common original failure points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRedesigned internal structure helps prevent loose or drifting louvers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLouvers adjust smoothly while holding the selected airflow direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to maintain the original dashboard appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDash Style Identification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToyota used two different dashboard configurations that require different driver-side vent styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Style – Long Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommonly associated with \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986-style dashboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassenger-side storage pocket extends from the center vent area toward the passenger vent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect this version whenever the installed dashboard has the \u003cstrong\u003elong pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e, regardless of vehicle model year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLate Style – Short Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommonly associated with \u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989-style dashboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall storage pocket is located only above the two center vents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect this version whenever the installed dashboard has the \u003cstrong\u003eshort pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e, regardless of vehicle model year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the dashboard has been replaced or swapped, select the vent according to the installed dash configuration rather than the vehicle's model year.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Driver-Side \/ Corner A\/C Vent – Select by Installed Dash Style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Driver-Side \/ Corner A\/C Vent – Select by Installed Dash Style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriver-side vent only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelect Early or Late style according to the installed dash pocket configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle model year alone should not be used if the dashboard has been replaced or swapped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAftermarket dash caps must be removed for proper installation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver \/ Corner A\/C Vent\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver-Side Dashboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Replacement\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Directional Louvers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Location\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Style – Long Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side \/ corner A\/C vent for the early long-pocket dashboard configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLate Style – Short Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side \/ corner A\/C vent for the late short-pocket dashboard configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Gray","offer_id":46533787189557,"sku":"091","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Brown","offer_id":46533787386165,"sku":"092","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Black","offer_id":46533787582773,"sku":"093","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Blue","offer_id":46533787975989,"sku":"095","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Red","offer_id":46533787779381,"sku":"094","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Gray","offer_id":46533787287861,"sku":"096","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Brown","offer_id":46533787484469,"sku":"097","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Black","offer_id":46533787681077,"sku":"098","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Blue","offer_id":46533788074293,"sku":"100","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Red","offer_id":46533787877685,"sku":"099","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/gray_9dd3c84f-6f32-4200-89b2-90cccebc6b71.png?v=1751654408"},{"product_id":"complete-ac-vent-set-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"Complete Vent Set (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style Complete A\/C Vent Set\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style Complete A\/C Vent Set\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the factory dashboard A\/C vents in 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal vents commonly become brittle, faded, cracked, or develop loose louvers that no longer hold the selected airflow direction. These replacements are manufactured from durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced construction and redesigned internal mechanisms to improve longevity and airflow control while maintaining the original-style dashboard appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToyota used two different dashboard configurations during these years. \u003cstrong\u003eThe correct vent set must be selected according to the installed dash pocket style rather than vehicle model year alone.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete OEM-style dashboard A\/C vent replacement set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from high-strength \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3D-printed construction with adaptive layering for a cleaner visible finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced at common original failure points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRedesigned internal mechanisms help prevent loose or drifting louvers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth vent adjustment while maintaining the selected airflow direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in multiple factory-inspired interior colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDash Style Identification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToyota used two different dashboard configurations that require different vent sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Style – Long Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommonly associated with \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986-style dashboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassenger-side storage pocket extends from the center vent area toward the passenger vent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect this version whenever the installed dashboard has the \u003cstrong\u003elong pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e, regardless of vehicle model year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLate Style – Short Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommonly associated with \u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989-style dashboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall storage pocket is located only above the two center vents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect this version whenever the installed dashboard has the \u003cstrong\u003eshort pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e, regardless of vehicle model year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the dashboard has been replaced or swapped, select the vent set according to the installed dash configuration rather than the vehicle's model year.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Complete Dashboard A\/C Vent Set – Select by Installed Dash Style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Complete Dashboard A\/C Vent Set – Select by Installed Dash Style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelect Early or Late style according to the installed dash pocket configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle model year alone should not be used if the dashboard has been replaced or swapped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftermarket dash caps must be removed for proper installation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal metal retaining clips must be reused\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal retaining clips are not included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes the plastic vent assemblies only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Complete A\/C Vent Set\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dashboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Replacement\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Directional Louvers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, Red\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDash Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEarly Style – Long Pocket Dash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLate Style – Short Pocket Dash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach selected configuration includes the \u003cstrong\u003ecomplete set of plastic A\/C vent assemblies\u003c\/strong\u003e for the chosen dash style and color. Original metal retaining clips are not included and must be reused.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Gray","offer_id":47193008636213,"sku":"081","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Brown","offer_id":47193008832821,"sku":"082","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Black","offer_id":47193009029429,"sku":"083","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Blue","offer_id":47193009455413,"sku":"085","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Red","offer_id":47193009226037,"sku":"084","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Gray","offer_id":47193008734517,"sku":"086","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Brown","offer_id":47193008931125,"sku":"087","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Black","offer_id":47193009127733,"sku":"088","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Blue","offer_id":47193009553717,"sku":"090","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Red","offer_id":47193009357109,"sku":"089","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/darker_gray.png?v=1751140362"},{"product_id":"sr5-molded-door-cups-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"SR5 Molded Door Cups (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Molded Door Cups\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Molded Door Cups\u003c\/strong\u003e are direct-fit replacements for the plastic door cups used with late-model SR5 molded door panels in 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal door cups commonly crack, fade, or break with age, particularly around thin structural areas. These replacements retain the original-style profile while using durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e and reinforced construction to address common failure points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese door cups are designed specifically for \u003cstrong\u003eSR5 molded door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e and install using the factory mounting locations without cutting, drilling, or permanent modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style SR5 molded door cup reproduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eSR5 molded door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced construction at common original failure points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive 3D-printing process minimizes visible layer lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully reversible installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable individually or as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforced OEM-Style Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reproduction design maintains the original SR5 door cup profile while strengthening several areas that are prone to cracking or breakage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtended and thickened bottom ridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll four sidewalls increased to \u003cstrong\u003edouble thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid upper lip\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the original hollow-style construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefined 3D-printed surface for a cleaner installed appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese structural changes improve durability without changing the intended mounting location or overall factory-style appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels Without Vent Windows – Front Door Cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels Without Vent Windows – Front Door Cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor late-model SR5 molded door panels only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the installed door-panel style before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation is fully reversible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e SR5 Molded Door Cup\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Door Interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Quantities:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single, Pair\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, Red\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) SR5 molded door cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePair\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) SR5 molded door cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Single \/ Gray","offer_id":47596502745397,"sku":"111","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Brown","offer_id":47596502778165,"sku":"112","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Black","offer_id":47596502876469,"sku":"113","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Blue","offer_id":47596502843701,"sku":"115","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Red","offer_id":47596502810933,"sku":"114","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair \/ Gray","offer_id":47596502909237,"sku":"116","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair \/ Brown","offer_id":47596502942005,"sku":"117","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair \/ Black","offer_id":47596503040309,"sku":"118","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair \/ Blue","offer_id":47596503007541,"sku":"120","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair \/ Red","offer_id":47596502974773,"sku":"119","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/singledoorcupblack.png?v=1752017363"},{"product_id":"sr5-molded-door-panel-bezels-handle-surrounds-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"SR5 Molded Door Bezel \u0026 Door Handle Surround (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"qMYqUG_convSearchResultHighlightRoot\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"text-token-text-primary w-full focus:outline-none has-data-writing-block:pointer-events-none [\u0026amp;:has([data-writing-block])\u0026gt;*]:pointer-events-auto R6Vx5W_threadScrollVars scroll-mb-[calc(var(--scroll-root-safe-area-inset-bottom,0px)+var(--thread-response-height))] scroll-mt-[calc(var(--header-height)+min(200px,max(70px,20svh)))]\" dir=\"auto\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-base my-auto mx-auto pb-8 [--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-xs,calc(var(--spacing)*4))] @w-sm\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-sm,calc(var(--spacing)*6))] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-lg,calc(var(--spacing)*16))] px-(--thread-content-margin)\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"[--thread-content-max-width:40rem] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-max-width:48rem] mx-auto max-w-(--thread-content-max-width) flex-1 group\/turn-messages focus-visible:outline-hidden relative flex w-full min-w-0 flex-col agent-turn\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex max-w-full flex-col gap-4 grow\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\" class=\"min-h-8 text-message relative flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 text-start break-words whitespace-normal outline-none keyboard-focused:focus-ring [.text-message+\u0026amp;]:mt-1\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"markdown prose dark:prose-invert wrap-break-word w-full dark markdown-new-styling\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Door Bezel \u0026amp; Handle Surround\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Door Bezels \u0026amp; Handle Surrounds\u003c\/strong\u003e are direct-fit replacements for the plastic trim pieces used on late-model SR5 molded door panels in 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal bezels and interior door handle surrounds commonly crack, fade, or break after decades of use. These reproductions retain the factory-style shape and appearance while using durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced construction at common failure points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike the original pieces, which secure the mounting screws directly into plastic, these reproductions use \u003cstrong\u003ereinforced metal nutserts at the screw mounting points\u003c\/strong\u003e. This provides a stronger, more durable threaded mounting point and helps prevent the cracking and stripping that can occur with the original plastic mounting design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned specifically for \u003cstrong\u003eSR5 molded door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e, the components install using the original mounting locations without cutting, drilling, or trimming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style SR5 molded door bezel and handle surround reproductions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003elate-model SR5 molded door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced at common original failure points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal nutserts replace the original screw-into-plastic mounting design for increased strength and durability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive 3D-printing process reduces visible layer lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforced Mounting Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original trim pieces rely on mounting screws threading directly into plastic, which can weaken, crack, or strip after repeated removal and installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese reproductions reinforce the screw mounting points with \u003cstrong\u003emetal nutserts\u003c\/strong\u003e, creating a durable threaded connection between the mounting hardware and the trim piece. This upgraded design provides greater mounting strength than the original plastic threads while retaining the factory mounting locations and OEM-style appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels Without Vent Windows – Front Door Interior Trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels Without Vent Windows – Front Door Interior Trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor late-model SR5 molded door panels only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the installed door-panel style before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting hardware is included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation is fully reversible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e SR5 Door Bezel \u0026amp; Interior Door Handle Surround\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Door Interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Reinforcement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal Nutserts\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver Side, Passenger Side, Full Set\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, Red\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriver Side\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side molded door bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side door handle surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePassenger Side\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side molded door bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side door handle surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull Set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side molded door bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side molded door bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side door handle surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side door handle surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Gray \/ FULL SET","offer_id":48153230639413,"sku":"132","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Driver Side","offer_id":49726250287413,"sku":"186","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Passenger Side","offer_id":49726250320181,"sku":"191","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ FULL SET","offer_id":48153230672181,"sku":"133","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Driver Side","offer_id":49726250352949,"sku":"187","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Passenger Side","offer_id":49726250385717,"sku":"192","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ FULL SET","offer_id":48153230704949,"sku":"134","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Driver Side","offer_id":49726250418485,"sku":"188","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Passenger Side","offer_id":49726250451253,"sku":"193","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ FULL SET","offer_id":48153230770485,"sku":"136","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Driver Side","offer_id":49726250549557,"sku":"190","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Passenger Side","offer_id":49726250582325,"sku":"195","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ FULL SET","offer_id":48153230737717,"sku":"135","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Driver Side","offer_id":49726250484021,"sku":"189","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Passenger Side","offer_id":49726250516789,"sku":"194","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/gray_dual.png?v=1773353021"},{"product_id":"oem-toyota-tailgate-rattle-stoppers-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"Tailgate Rattle Stoppers | Pair (1984-89 4Runner)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/toyota_480x480.png?v=1686610000\" alt=\"\" width=\"303\" height=\"101\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota Tailgate Rattle Stoppers\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota Tailgate Rattle Stoppers\u003c\/strong\u003e replace worn, hardened, or missing factory stoppers that can allow the tailgate straps to rattle against the body while driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese small factory components act as buffers for the tailgate strap system, helping restore the quiet, secure operation Toyota originally intended. They are genuine Toyota parts and install directly in the original mounting locations without cutting, drilling, or modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order includes \u003cstrong\u003etwo tailgate rattle stoppers\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a complete set for one vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps eliminate tailgate strap rattles and unwanted rear-body noise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces worn, hardened, damaged, or missing factory stoppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestores the original tailgate strap buffering function\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully reversible installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes a complete pair for one vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Tailgate Rattle Stoppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Tailgate Rattle Stoppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the factory tailgate strap system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces the original tailgate rattle stoppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo drilling, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo stoppers are required for one complete vehicle set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tailgate Rattle Stoppers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tailgate\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine OEM Toyota\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Genuine OEM Toyota tailgate rattle stoppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete set for one vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Toyota","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48886497476917,"sku":"158","price":16.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/tailgaterattlestopper.png?v=1734122861"},{"product_id":"sr5-molded-door-panel-switch-plates-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"SR5 Molded Door Panel Power Window Switch Plates (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Power Window Switch Plates\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Molded Door Panel Power Window Switch Plates\u003c\/strong\u003e are direct-fit replacements for the plastic switch plates used with late-model SR5 molded door panels in the 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal switch plates commonly crack, fade, become brittle, or break after decades of repeated power-window switch use. These reproductions retain the factory-style appearance and switch positioning while using durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced construction in common failure areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order can be configured as a \u003cstrong\u003edriver-side switch plate, passenger-side switch plate, or complete pair\u003c\/strong\u003e. The plates are designed specifically for \u003cstrong\u003eSR5 molded door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e and install using the original mounting locations without cutting, drilling, or modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style SR5 power window switch plate reproductions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003elate-model SR5 molded door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced in common original failure areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetains factory power-window switch positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive 3D-printing process reduces visible layer lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable for driver side, passenger side, or as a complete pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels Without Vent Windows – Front Power Window Switch Plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels Without Vent Windows – Front Power Window Switch Plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor late-model SR5 molded door panels only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for molded door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor power-window-equipped door panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the installed door-panel style before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetains the original switch location and layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power Window Switch Plate\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Door Interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Panel Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWindow System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power Windows\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver Side, Passenger Side, Pair\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriver Side\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side power window switch plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePassenger Side\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side power window switch plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePair\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side power window switch plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side power window switch plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Driver Switch Plate","offer_id":49309930389813,"sku":"140","price":20.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Passenger Switch Plate","offer_id":49309930422581,"sku":"145","price":20.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair (Driver \u0026 Passenger)","offer_id":49309930455349,"sku":"161","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/bothswitchplates.png?v=1716256395"},{"product_id":"passenger-power-window-door-switch-surround-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"SR5 Flat Door Panel Passenger Power Window Switch Surround (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Flat Door Panel Power Window Switch Surround\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with SR5 Flat Door Panels and Power Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Flat Door Panel Power Window Switch Surround\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces cracked, brittle, or missing switch trim found on early-style SR5 flat door panels equipped with power windows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal surrounds can weaken and break after decades of use due to their thin, hollow construction. This reproduction maintains the factory-style dimensions, switch positioning, and installed appearance while using a \u003cstrong\u003esolid-body ABS design\u003c\/strong\u003e to reinforce the areas where the original part commonly fails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003epassenger-side surround by itself\u003c\/strong\u003e or a \u003cstrong\u003ecomplete driver- and passenger-side set\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each option is available in Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, or Red to coordinate with common factory interior colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style reproduction for \u003cstrong\u003eSR5 flat power-window door panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid-body design replaces the weaker factory hollow construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced for improved rigidity and long-term durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintains factory-style proportions and power-window switch alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive 3D-printing process minimizes visible layer lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean top-lip finish for a refined installed appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using factory mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes new mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforced Solid-Body Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original switch surround uses a hollow plastic design that can become brittle and crack with age. This reproduction replaces that construction with a \u003cstrong\u003esolid-body design\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing greater rigidity around the switch opening and mounting areas while retaining the original profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe part is produced using adaptive 3D-printing techniques to reduce visible layer lines, particularly across the upper surfaces that remain visible once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – SR5 Flat Door Panels – Power Windows – Front Door Switch Surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – SR5 Flat Door Panels – Power Windows – Front Door Switch Surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor SR5 flat door panels with power windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassenger-side surround is available individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver- and passenger-side surrounds are available together as a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes new mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the installed door-panel style before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power Window Switch Surround\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Door Interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Panel Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e SR5 Flat Door Panel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWindow System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power Windows\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed Solid-Body\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, Red\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Passenger Side, Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Set\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePassenger Side\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side power window switch surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, or Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriver \u0026amp; Passenger Set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side power window switch surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side power window switch surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, or Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Passenger \/ Gray","offer_id":49923525804341,"sku":"176","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Passenger \/ Brown","offer_id":49923645407541,"sku":"177","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Passenger \/ Black","offer_id":49923645374773,"sku":"178","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Passenger \/ Blue","offer_id":49923645342005,"sku":"180","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Passenger \/ Red","offer_id":49923645309237,"sku":"179","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Gray","offer_id":49923525837109,"sku":"181","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Brown","offer_id":49923645538613,"sku":"182","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Black","offer_id":49923645505845,"sku":"183","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Blue","offer_id":49923645473077,"sku":"185","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Red","offer_id":49923645440309,"sku":"184","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/grayfrontswitch.png?v=1724302046"},{"product_id":"driver-power-window-door-switch-surround-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"SR5 Flat Door Panel Driver Power Window Switch Surround (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Flat Door Panel Driver Power Window Switch Surround\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with SR5 Flat Door Panels and Power Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Flat Door Panel Driver Power Window Switch Surround\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces cracked, brittle, or missing switch trim found on early-style SR5 flat door panels equipped with power windows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original surround uses a thin, hollow construction that can weaken and break after decades of use. This reproduction retains the factory-style dimensions, switch positioning, and installed appearance while using a \u003cstrong\u003esolid-body ABS design\u003c\/strong\u003e to reinforce the areas where the original commonly fails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003edriver-side surround by itself\u003c\/strong\u003e or a \u003cstrong\u003ecomplete driver- and passenger-side set\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each configuration is available in Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, or Red to coordinate with common factory interior colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style reproduction for \u003cstrong\u003eSR5 flat power-window door panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the driver-side power window switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid-body design replaces the weaker factory hollow construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced for improved rigidity and long-term durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintains factory-style proportions and switch alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive 3D-printing minimizes visible layer lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean top-lip finish for a refined installed appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using factory mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes new mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforced Solid-Body Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe factory switch surround can become brittle and crack around the switch opening and mounting areas as the original plastic ages. This reproduction replaces the hollow construction with a \u003cstrong\u003esolid-body design\u003c\/strong\u003e for increased rigidity while maintaining the original profile and switch positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdaptive 3D-printing techniques help minimize visible layer lines across the exposed surfaces, preserving a clean OEM-style appearance once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – SR5 Flat Door Panels – Power Windows – Driver-Side Front Door Switch Surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – SR5 Flat Door Panels – Power Windows – Driver-Side Front Door Switch Surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor SR5 flat door panels with power windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver-side surround is available individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver- and passenger-side surrounds are available together as a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes new mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the installed door-panel style before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power Window Switch Surround\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver-Side Front Door Interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Panel Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e SR5 Flat Door Panel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWindow System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power Windows\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed Solid-Body\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, Red\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver Side, Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Set\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriver Side\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side power window switch surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, or Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriver \u0026amp; Passenger Set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side power window switch surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side power window switch surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, or Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Driver \/ Gray","offer_id":49939831128373,"sku":"171","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Driver \/ Brown","offer_id":49939831259445,"sku":"172","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Driver \/ Black","offer_id":49939831226677,"sku":"173","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Driver \/ Blue","offer_id":49939831193909,"sku":"175","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Driver \/ Red","offer_id":49939831161141,"sku":"174","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Gray","offer_id":49939831292213,"sku":"181","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Brown","offer_id":49939831423285,"sku":"182","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Black","offer_id":49939831390517,"sku":"183","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Blue","offer_id":49939831357749,"sku":"185","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Red","offer_id":49939831324981,"sku":"184","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/brownswitch.png?v=1724282709"},{"product_id":"dlx-interior-door-handles-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"Interior Door Handles (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSolid OEM-Style DLX Interior Door Handles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with DLX Interior Door Handles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSolid OEM-Style DLX Interior Door Handles\u003c\/strong\u003e replace cracked, split, or deteriorated factory handles found in 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup DLX interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal DLX handles use a foam-core construction that can soften, collapse, puncture, or crack after decades of use. These replacements eliminate the foam core entirely with a \u003cstrong\u003esolid direct-injection molded plastic construction\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for greater durability while retaining the factory-style shape and appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order includes a complete \u003cstrong\u003edriver- and passenger-side pair\u003c\/strong\u003e in Gray with an OEM-style leather-grain surface texture. The lower profile has also been subtly reshaped to provide a more comfortable grip without significantly altering the original interior appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete driver- and passenger-side interior door handle pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eDLX interior door handle applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid, foam-free construction eliminates a common factory failure point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-injection molded plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResistant to cracking, punctures, and deformation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style leather-grain surface texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlightly reshaped lower profile for improved grip comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement using factory mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray factory-style finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSolid Foam-Free Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original DLX handles rely on a foam core that can deteriorate with age and repeated use. These replacements use \u003cstrong\u003esolid molded plastic throughout the handle\u003c\/strong\u003e, eliminating the hollow or compressible interior that commonly causes original pieces to split or collapse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior retains an OEM-style leather-grain texture so the handles blend naturally with the surrounding Toyota interior while providing a more durable structure for regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – DLX Interior Door Handles – Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Front Doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – DLX Interior Door Handles – Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Front Doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for DLX interior door handle applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes both driver- and passenger-side handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the original mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the existing interior handle style before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interior Door Handles\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Front Doors\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e DLX\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid Molded Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct-Injection Molded, Foam-Free\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Leather Grain\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Handles\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Points\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side DLX interior door handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side DLX interior door handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50148170039605,"sku":"","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/top_view_brighter_with_shadow.png?v=1729095130"},{"product_id":"trd-toyota-steering-wheel-decal-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"TRD-Style “TOYOTA” Steering Wheel Decal (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003cdiv id=\"wt-content-toggle-product-details-read-more\" class=\"wt-content-toggle__body wt-content-toggle__body--truncated-03 wt-content-toggle__body--truncated\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTRD-Style “TOYOTA” Steering Wheel Decal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1987–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1987–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTRD-Style “TOYOTA” Steering Wheel Decal\u003c\/strong\u003e restores the small center emblem found on late-model 1st Gen Toyota 4Runner and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickup steering wheels. Original decals frequently fade, crack, peel, or disappear after decades of interior use and sun exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis reproduction measures \u003cstrong\u003e8 mm tall × 49 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e and features bright TRD-inspired “TOYOTA” lettering beneath a clear poly-domed surface. The dimensional finish gives the emblem depth while maintaining a clean, period-correct appearance at the center of the factory steering wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is simple with a peel-and-stick backing and requires no tools or permanent modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReproduction steering wheel center decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright \u003cstrong\u003eTRD-inspired “TOYOTA” lettering\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear poly-domed construction for added depth and surface protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style dimensions of \u003cstrong\u003e8 mm × 49 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong all-weather adhesive backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo tools or vehicle modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to restore a faded, cracked, or missing steering wheel emblem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1987–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Factory Steering Wheel Center Decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1987–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Factory Steering Wheel Center Decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the applicable factory steering wheel center location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the mounting surface thoroughly before installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface should be dry and free of oil, wax, and residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo tools or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steering Wheel Center Decal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e TRD-Style “TOYOTA”\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steering Wheel Center\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear Poly-Domed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 mm Tall × 49 mm Wide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peel-and-Stick Adhesive\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) TRD-style “TOYOTA” steering wheel decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"BLVinyl","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50746124992821,"sku":"121","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/Untitled-2_8749bd3e-fd10-4708-b0b9-8ee92cadb540.png?v=1783988945"},{"product_id":"radio-bezel-pull-out-cup-holder-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"Radio Bezel Pull Out Cup Holder (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eSingle DIN Radio Bezel Pull-Out Cup Holder\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Single DIN Radio Configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSingle DIN Radio Bezel Pull-Out Cup Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e adds practical drink storage to the factory dashboard of 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups without permanently modifying the interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to replace the factory lower radio pocket on \u003cstrong\u003esingle DIN–equipped vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, the assembly integrates a collapsible cup holder directly into the radio bezel area. When not in use, the cup holder folds inward and slides behind a flush-fitting door for a clean, understated appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit mounts to the rear of the factory radio bezel using the original screw locations, allowing a bolt-in installation with no drilling or cutting required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces the factory lower radio pocket on \u003cstrong\u003esingle DIN\u003c\/strong\u003e dashboard configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull-out, collapsible cup holder design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports cans and bottles up to \u003cstrong\u003e2.7 inches in diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum recommended load of \u003cstrong\u003e2 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne-touch release allows the cup rest to collapse for storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlush-fitting door conceals the cup holder when closed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes a removable Toyota-style switch blank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch opening can accommodate applicable OEM or aftermarket accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses original radio bezel mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo drilling or cutting required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable for \u003cstrong\u003eleft-hand drive or right-hand drive\u003c\/strong\u003e configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePull-Out Cup Holder Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cup holder extends from the lower radio bezel area when needed and can remain open during use. Pressing the release tab toward the main body collapses the cup support, allowing the assembly to slide back into the dashboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn integrated removable switch blank provides an additional location for an applicable Toyota switch, aftermarket accessory switch, coin tray, or similar interior accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Single DIN Radio Configuration – Lower Radio Bezel Pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Single DIN Radio Configuration – Lower Radio Bezel Pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle DIN radio configurations only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces the factory lower radio pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounts to the rear of the factory radio bezel using original screw locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo drilling or cutting required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to clear factory shifter components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicles with worn shifter bushings or modified shifter travel may have reduced clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect the correct \u003cstrong\u003eleft-hand drive or right-hand drive\u003c\/strong\u003e configuration when ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum supported container diameter is \u003cstrong\u003e2.7 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum recommended load is \u003cstrong\u003e2 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull-Out Cup Holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lower Radio Bezel \/ Dashboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRadio Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single DIN\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Container Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.7 Inches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Recommended Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 lbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Collapsible Pull-Out\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwitch Provision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable Toyota-Style Switch Blank\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Screw Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteering Configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Left-Hand Drive, Right-Hand Drive\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeft-Hand Drive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Pull-out cup holder assembly for left-hand drive configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Removable Toyota-style switch blank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRight-Hand Drive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Pull-out cup holder assembly for right-hand drive configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Removable Toyota-style switch blank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Caribouyota","offers":[{"title":"LHD (Left Hand Drive)","offer_id":50881499726133,"sku":"219","price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"RHD (Right Hand Drive)","offer_id":50881499758901,"sku":"220","price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/radio_cup_holder.png?v=1745979578"},{"product_id":"locking-glovebox-safe-insert-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"Locking Glovebox\/Safe Insert (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLocking Glovebox Safe Insert\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLocking Glovebox Safe Insert\u003c\/strong\u003e adds discreet interior security to 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups while retaining the factory glovebox location and surrounding dash appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003e16-gauge steel\u003c\/strong\u003e, the insert fits inside the original glovebox opening and provides a lockable compartment for documents, tools, and other valuables. An integrated keyed lock controls access, while a concealed heavy-duty security cable anchors the safe to the solid steel crossbar behind the dashboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike the lightly secured factory glovebox assembly, the tethered design helps prevent the safe from simply being removed with the glovebox. The installation requires only one small hole in the rear of the glovebox for security-cable routing and does not require cutting or modification of the dashboard structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle-specific locking glovebox safe insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e16-gauge steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser-cut and CNC press-bent components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand TIG-welded seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated keyed lock cylinder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcealed heavy-duty security cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchors around the steel crossbar behind the dashboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits within the factory glovebox location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetains a discreet, factory-style interior appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires no cutting or modification to the dashboard structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSecurity \u0026amp; Retention Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe insert uses more than the factory glovebox mounting structure for retention. A \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty steel security cable\u003c\/strong\u003e routes through the rear of the glovebox and loops around the solid steel dash crossbar behind the dashboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the factory dash trim installed, the cable remains concealed from view. If the glovebox assembly is damaged or forcibly removed, the safe remains tethered to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo vehicle security product is completely theft-proof, but the combination of steel construction, keyed access, and hidden cable retention substantially increases the effort required to remove or access the compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Factory Glovebox Location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Factory Glovebox Location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls inside the \u003cstrong\u003efactory glovebox location\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires basic hand tools for installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne small hole must be drilled in the rear of the glovebox\u003c\/strong\u003e for security-cable routing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecurity cable anchors around the steel crossbar behind the dashboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting or modification to the dashboard structure is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecurity cable remains hidden when the factory dash trim is installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Locking Glovebox Safe Insert\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interior \/ Glovebox\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-Gauge Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black Powder Coat\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laser-Cut, CNC Press-Bent \u0026amp; TIG-Welded\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keyed Lock Cylinder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRetention System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Concealed Heavy-Duty Steel Security Cable\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Glovebox Location\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard Modification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlovebox Modification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e One Small Cable-Routing Hole\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Locking glovebox safe insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Integrated lock cylinder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Keys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty security cable system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccess to downloadable PDF installation instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Hugh's Hand Built","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51027908231477,"sku":"258","price":249.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/cover_photo_2.png?v=1749406794"},{"product_id":"oem-double-stack-center-console-dividers-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"Double Stack Center Console Compartment Dividers (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"qMYqUG_convSearchResultHighlightRoot\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"text-token-text-primary w-full focus:outline-none has-data-writing-block:pointer-events-none [\u0026amp;:has([data-writing-block])\u0026gt;*]:pointer-events-auto R6Vx5W_threadScrollVars scroll-mb-[calc(var(--scroll-root-safe-area-inset-bottom,0px)+var(--thread-response-height))] scroll-mt-[calc(var(--header-height)+min(200px,max(70px,20svh)))]\" dir=\"auto\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-base my-auto mx-auto pb-8 [--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-xs,calc(var(--spacing)*4))] @w-sm\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-sm,calc(var(--spacing)*6))] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-lg,calc(var(--spacing)*16))] px-(--thread-content-margin)\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"[--thread-content-max-width:40rem] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-max-width:48rem] mx-auto max-w-(--thread-content-max-width) flex-1 group\/turn-messages focus-visible:outline-hidden relative flex w-full min-w-0 flex-col agent-turn\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex max-w-full flex-col gap-4 grow\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\" class=\"min-h-8 text-message relative flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 text-start break-words whitespace-normal outline-none keyboard-focused:focus-ring [.text-message+\u0026amp;]:mt-1\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"markdown prose dark:prose-invert wrap-break-word w-full dark markdown-new-styling\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style Double Stack Center Console Dividers\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style Double Stack Center Console Dividers\u003c\/strong\u003e replace missing, broken, or deteriorated compartment dividers in the factory double stack center console used in 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned around the original console dimensions and layout, these dividers restore the separate upper compartments while maintaining the factory-style appearance and function of the center console.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach divider is precision 3D printed from durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e and installs directly into the factory console without cutting, drilling, or trimming. Multiple factory-inspired color options are available to better match your vehicle's interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style replacement dividers for the \u003cstrong\u003efactory double stack center console\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes \u003cstrong\u003e2 dividers\u003c\/strong\u003e for the upper console compartments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision 3D-printed construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to match the original divider dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestores factory-style compartment separation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResistant to fading, brittleness, and discoloration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in \u003cstrong\u003eGray, Brown, Black, Blue, and Red\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Double Stack Center Console – Upper Compartment Dividers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Double Stack Center Console – Upper Compartment Dividers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003efactory double stack center console\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces both upper compartment dividers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls directly into the original console locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation can typically be completed in minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify your vehicle is equipped with the double stack center console before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Center Console Compartment Dividers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interior \/ Center Console\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsole Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double Stack\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D Printed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Replacement\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Dividers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, Red\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGray\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Upper double stack center console divider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrown\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Upper double stack center console divider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Upper double stack center console divider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Upper double stack center console divider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Upper double stack center console divider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51217503224117,"sku":"275","price":15.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51217503256885,"sku":"276","price":15.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":51217503289653,"sku":"277","price":15.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51217503322421,"sku":"278","price":15.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":51217503355189,"sku":"279","price":15.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/gray_c8336d49-5444-431f-8bbb-a1d64ec92d01.png?v=1755285003"},{"product_id":"spring-loaded-center-console-latch-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"Spring-Loaded Center Console Latch (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOEM-Style Spring-Loaded Center Console Latch\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \/ Hilux Surf \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup \/ Hilux with Factory Center Console\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style Spring-Loaded Center Console Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces broken, cracked, or worn factory console latches in classic Toyota truck and SUV interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original-style latch relies on flexing plastic during opening and closing, which can weaken as the material ages. This replacement uses an \u003cstrong\u003einternal spring-loaded mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide positive engagement and release without repeatedly flexing the latch body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e and designed around the factory latch dimensions, it installs directly in the original mounting location while maintaining a clean OEM-style appearance. Choose a \u003cstrong\u003esingle latch\u003c\/strong\u003e for single-compartment consoles or a \u003cstrong\u003epair\u003c\/strong\u003e for double-stack and dual-compartment center consoles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpring-loaded center console latch design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEliminates repeated flexing of the latch body during operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth, positive engagement and release\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style dimensions and appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-in replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws included with each latch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Factory Center Console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Factory Center Console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Hilux Surf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota Hilux Surf – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Factory Center Console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Hilux\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Hilux – \u003cstrong\u003e4th Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Factory Center Console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle must be equipped with a factory center console\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-compartment consoles use \u003cstrong\u003eone latch\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-stack or dual-compartment consoles use \u003cstrong\u003etwo latches\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the original factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypical installation takes approximately \u003cstrong\u003e5–10 minutes\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Center Console Latch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interior \/ Center Console\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring-Loaded\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Replacement\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct Bolt-In\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Spring-loaded center console latch\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for single-compartment center consoles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePair of Latches\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Spring-loaded center console latches\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for double-stack or dual-compartment center consoles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":51432130445621,"sku":"288","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair","offer_id":51432130478389,"sku":"289","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/ChatGPT_Image_Oct_22_2025_05_35_54_PM_71589982-bb4b-4301-bb44-db20a899174e.png?v=1788365009"},{"product_id":"manual-shifter-bezel-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"Manual Shifter Bezel w\/ Front Pocket (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOEM-Style Manual Shifter Bezel with Front Pocket\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Manual Transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis OEM-style manual shifter bezel is a direct-fit replacement for aging factory bezels used in the 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with manual transmissions. Original Toyota bezels are now decades old and commonly become brittle enough to crack or break during normal use or removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement bezel replicates the factory shape, mounting geometry, and integrated front pocket while using modern SLS manufacturing and glass-fiber-reinforced polyamide for improved durability. It installs using the original mounting locations without trimming or modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bezel is supplied raw in black, gray, or white depending on dye availability and \u003cstrong\u003emust be painted for an accurate factory interior color match\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style manual shifter bezel with integrated front pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit replacement using factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial SLS 3D-printed construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass-fiber-reinforced polyamide material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved resistance to cracking and age-related brittleness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlight material flexibility compared with brittle original plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-resistant construction suitable for automotive interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaintable for factory Toyota interior color matching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for manual-transmission applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelective Laser Sintering creates a dense, structurally consistent part without the visible layer construction associated with conventional consumer-grade FDM printing. The glass-fiber-reinforced polyamide provides a strong yet slightly flexible structure suited to an interior trim component that may experience repeated installation, removal, and contact over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result retains the factory-style appearance and geometry while providing a more durable replacement for original Toyota plastic that has become brittle with age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePaint \u0026amp; Interior Color Matching\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bezel is supplied raw in \u003cstrong\u003eblack, gray, or white depending on dye availability\u003c\/strong\u003e. Painting is required to accurately match the original Toyota interior color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended SEM Interior Trim Paint colors:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGray:\u003c\/strong\u003e SEM 17223 – Very Dark Pewter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrown:\u003c\/strong\u003e SEM 15483 – Bluebird Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed:\u003c\/strong\u003e SEM 15273 – Napa Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue:\u003c\/strong\u003e SEM 15043 – Shadow Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Manual Transmission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Manual Transmission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManual transmission only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-in installation using factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBezel must be painted for an accurate factory interior color match\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual Shifter Bezel with Front Pocket\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Process:\u003c\/strong\u003e Selective Laser Sintering (SLS)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raw \/ Paintable\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Gray, or White depending on dye availability\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransmission:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition:\u003c\/strong\u003e New\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aftermarket \/ OEM-Style Replacement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM-style manual shifter bezel with integrated front pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduction \u0026amp; Shipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bezels are made to order and may take up to \u003cstrong\u003e3 weeks to ship\u003c\/strong\u003e. Most orders ship within approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1 week\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52100948885813,"sku":"291","price":185.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/Untitled-2redonenosat.png?v=1778604406"},{"product_id":"manual-shifter-bezel-1984-89-4runner-pickup","title":"Manual Shifter Bezel (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOEM-Style Manual Shifter Bezel\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Manual Transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style Manual Shifter Bezel\u003c\/strong\u003e is a direct-fit replacement for the aging factory bezel used in manual-transmission 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal bezels become increasingly brittle as the factory plastic ages and can crack or break even when the part still appears cosmetically intact. This replacement reproduces the original shape, dimensions, and mounting geometry while using modern \u003cstrong\u003eindustrial SLS 3D-printing technology\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved strength and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bezel is manufactured from \u003cstrong\u003eglass-fiber-reinforced polyamide\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing heat resistance, structural strength, and a small degree of flexibility that helps reduce the cracking associated with aged factory plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style manual shifter bezel replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003emanual-transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e Toyota 4Runner and Pickup interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial \u003cstrong\u003eSLS 3D-printed construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass-fiber-reinforced polyamide material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStronger and more durable than aging factory plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-resistant construction for automotive interior use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlight material flexibility helps resist cracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit factory-style dimensions and alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses original mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike conventional consumer-grade filament printing, \u003cstrong\u003eSelective Laser Sintering (SLS)\u003c\/strong\u003e fuses powdered material into a strong, dimensionally consistent part without the pronounced layer-direction weakness commonly associated with FDM printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe glass-fiber-reinforced polyamide construction provides the rigidity needed to maintain factory-style fitment while retaining enough resilience to better withstand normal installation and interior use. This makes the bezel particularly well suited for restorations, daily drivers, and vehicles where the original brittle plastic has already failed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Manual Transmission – Center Shifter Bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Manual Transmission – Center Shifter Bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManual-transmission applications only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the factory manual shifter bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming, cutting, or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBezel is supplied \u003cstrong\u003eraw and must be painted\u003c\/strong\u003e for an accurate factory interior color match\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaw material may be black, gray, or white depending on current dye availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduction may take up to \u003cstrong\u003e3 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e, although most orders ship within approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1 week\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual Shifter Bezel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interior \/ Center Shifter Area\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) 3D Printing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raw \/ Paint Required\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Gray, or White Depending on Material Availability\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransmission:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Replacement\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made to Order\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM-style manual shifter bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended SEM Interior Trim Paint Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eGray: SEM 17223 Very Dark Pewter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eBrown: SEM 15483 Bluebird Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eRed: SEM 15273 Napa Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eBlue: SEM 15043 Shadow Blue\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52241702388021,"sku":"294","price":165.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/nosat2.png?v=1778108939"},{"product_id":"automatic-shifter-bezel-1984-89-4runner-pickup","title":"Automatic Shifter Bezel (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOEM-Style Automatic Shifter Bezel\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Automatic Transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style Automatic Shifter Bezel\u003c\/strong\u003e is a direct-fit replacement for the aging factory bezel used in automatic-transmission 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Toyota shifter bezels can become extremely brittle as the factory plastic ages, leaving otherwise good-looking parts susceptible to cracking during removal, installation, or normal interior use. This replacement recreates the original bezel shape, dimensions, and mounting geometry while using modern \u003cstrong\u003eindustrial SLS 3D-printing technology\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved strength and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bezel is manufactured from \u003cstrong\u003eglass-fiber-reinforced polyamide\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing the rigidity required for accurate fitment along with heat resistance and slight material flexibility to better withstand everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style automatic shifter bezel replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic-transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial \u003cstrong\u003eSelective Laser Sintering (SLS) 3D-printed construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass-fiber-reinforced polyamide material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStronger and more durable than aging factory plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-resistant construction suitable for automotive interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlight material flexibility helps reduce cracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory-style dimensions, alignment, and appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-in installation using factory mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelective Laser Sintering uses powdered material that is fused into a structurally strong, dimensionally consistent component. This manufacturing process avoids the pronounced visible layer lines and directional weakness commonly associated with consumer-grade filament printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe glass-fiber-reinforced polyamide construction provides a balance of rigidity and resilience, allowing the bezel to maintain the factory-style geometry while better tolerating installation and long-term interior use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Automatic Transmission – Center Shifter Bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Automatic Transmission – Center Shifter Bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic-transmission applications only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the factory automatic shifter bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses original factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied \u003cstrong\u003eraw and must be painted\u003c\/strong\u003e for an accurate factory interior color match\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaw material may be black, gray, or white depending on current dye availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduction may take up to \u003cstrong\u003e3 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e, although most orders ship within approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1 week\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatic Shifter Bezel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interior \/ Center Shifter Area\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) 3D Printing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raw \/ Paint Required\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Gray, or White Depending on Material Availability\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransmission:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Replacement\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made to Order\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePaint \u0026amp; Color Matching\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe raw bezel requires finishing to match the surrounding factory Toyota interior. Recommended SEM Interior Trim Paint colors include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eGray: SEM 17223 Very Dark Pewter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eBrown: SEM 15483 Bluebird Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eRed: SEM 15273 Napa Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eBlue: SEM 15043 Shadow Blue\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52260578918709,"sku":"293","price":155.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/no_sat.png?v=1778108284"},{"product_id":"a-pillar-panels-1984-89-4runner-pickup","title":"A-Pillar Trim Panels (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOEM-Style A-Pillar Trim Panel Set\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style A-Pillar Trim Panel Set\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces cracked, brittle, or missing factory A-pillar interior trim in 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups. Each set includes both the driver- and passenger-side panels for a complete interior replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Toyota trim panels become increasingly fragile as the factory plastic ages. These replacements reproduce the original panel geometry and mounting locations while using \u003cstrong\u003eindustrial SLS 3D printing and glass-fiber-reinforced polyamide\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved strength, heat resistance, and long-term durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panels are supplied in a raw finish and are intended to be painted to match the vehicle's original interior color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete driver- and passenger-side A-pillar trim panel set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style shape, dimensions, and interior alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial \u003cstrong\u003eSelective Laser Sintering (SLS) 3D-printed construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass-fiber-reinforced polyamide material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreater strength than aging factory plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-resistant construction suitable for automotive interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlight material flexibility helps reduce cracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaintable for factory-style interior color matching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelective Laser Sintering produces strong, dimensionally consistent components without the pronounced layer structure associated with conventional consumer-grade filament printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eglass-fiber-reinforced polyamide\u003c\/strong\u003e construction provides the rigidity needed to maintain the original A-pillar shape while retaining enough resilience to better tolerate installation and normal interior use. This makes the panels well suited for restorations, daily drivers, and interiors where the original trim has become too brittle to reuse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Interior A-Pillar Trim – Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Interior A-Pillar Trim – Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eFitment Notes\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces both factory A-pillar interior trim panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses original factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor a fully refreshed installation, \u003cstrong\u003enew factory retaining hardware is recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Clip:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90468-05060 – 4 required per vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Clamp:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90463-05024 – 2 required per vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetaining clips and clamps are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePanels are supplied raw and \u003cstrong\u003emust be painted\u003c\/strong\u003e for an accurate factory interior color match\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaw material may be black, gray, or white depending on current production availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduction may take up to \u003cstrong\u003e3 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e, although most orders ship within approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1 week\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e A-Pillar Interior Trim Panel Set\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interior \/ Left \u0026amp; Right A-Pillar\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) 3D Printing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raw \/ Paint Required\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Gray, or White Depending on Material Availability\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Replacement\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Side Pair\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made to Order\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePaint \u0026amp; Color Matching\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panels are intended to be painted before installation for the closest match to the surrounding factory Toyota interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended SEM Interior Trim Paint colors include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eGray: SEM 17223 Very Dark Pewter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eBrown: SEM 15483 Bluebird Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eRed: SEM 15273 Napa Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eBlue: SEM 15043 Shadow Blue\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side A-pillar trim panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side A-pillar trim panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52321307197749,"sku":"749","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/ChatGPTImageFeb12_2026_01_12_47PM.png?v=1770919995"},{"product_id":"shifter-bezel-pocket-84-89-toyota-4runner-pickup","title":"Shifter Bezel \/ Center Console Pocket (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOEM-Style Shifter Bezel Center Console Pocket\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup Equipped with Factory Shifter Bezel Pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style Shifter Bezel Center Console Pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e is a direct-fit replacement for the factory storage pocket used in certain 1st Gen Toyota 4Runner and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickup center-console configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal pockets can become extremely brittle as the factory plastic ages, leaving otherwise intact pieces susceptible to cracking during removal, installation, or everyday use. This replacement recreates the original pocket shape, dimensions, and mounting geometry while using \u003cstrong\u003eindustrial SLS 3D printing\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved strength and long-term durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pocket fits both \u003cstrong\u003emanual and automatic transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e applications where this factory pocket configuration was originally installed. On Toyota Pickups, it may be found on both \u003cstrong\u003e2WD and 4WD\u003c\/strong\u003e models, so fitment should be determined by the vehicle's original shifter-bezel and center-console layout rather than drivetrain or transmission alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style replacement for the factory shifter bezel storage pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits applicable \u003cstrong\u003emanual and automatic transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits applicable \u003cstrong\u003e2WD and 4WD Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial \u003cstrong\u003eSelective Laser Sintering (SLS) 3D-printed construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass-fiber-reinforced polyamide material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-resistant and slightly flexible construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory-style dimensions and mounting geometry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using original mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaintable for factory-style interior color matching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pocket is manufactured using industrial SLS 3D printing and \u003cstrong\u003eglass-fiber-reinforced polyamide\u003c\/strong\u003e. This construction provides the rigidity required to maintain the factory shape while offering greater resilience than aging original plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe material is well suited for automotive interior use and provides slight flexibility to help reduce cracking during installation and repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen – 4WD – Manual or Automatic Transmission – Equipped with Factory Shifter Bezel Pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 2WD – Manual or Automatic Transmission – Equipped with Factory Shifter Bezel Pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 4WD – Manual or Automatic Transmission – Equipped with Factory Shifter Bezel Pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle must be originally equipped with this style of shifter bezel pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits applicable \u003cstrong\u003emanual and automatic transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToyota Pickup applications include both \u003cstrong\u003e2WD and 4WD\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runner applications are 4WD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitment is determined by the factory center-console and shifter-bezel configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses original factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied raw and \u003cstrong\u003emust be painted\u003c\/strong\u003e for an accurate factory interior color match\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaw material may be black, gray, or white depending on current dye availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduction may take up to \u003cstrong\u003e3 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e, although most orders ship within approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1 week\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shifter Bezel \/ Center Console Storage Pocket\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interior \/ Center Shifter Area\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) 3D Printing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raw \/ Paint Required\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Gray, or White Depending on Material Availability\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransmission:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual \u0026amp; Automatic Applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePickup Drivetrain:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2WD \u0026amp; 4WD Applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Replacement\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made to Order\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePaint \u0026amp; Color Matching\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pocket should be painted before installation for the closest match to the surrounding factory Toyota interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended SEM Interior Trim Paint colors include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGray:\u003c\/strong\u003e SEM 17223 – Very Dark Pewter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrown:\u003c\/strong\u003e SEM 15483 – Bluebird Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed:\u003c\/strong\u003e SEM 15273 – Napa Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue:\u003c\/strong\u003e SEM 15043 – Shadow Blue\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM-style shifter bezel center console pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353174700341,"sku":null,"price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/Untitled-3_no_sat.png?v=1778604575"},{"product_id":"altimeter-inclinometer-face-plate-1984-89-4runner-pickup","title":"Altimeter\/Inclinometer Face Plate (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOEM-Style Altimeter \u0026amp; Inclinometer Face Plate\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style Altimeter \u0026amp; Inclinometer Face Plate\u003c\/strong\u003e is a direct-fit replacement for Toyota 4Runner and Pickup models equipped with the factory inclinometer and altimeter gauge assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal gauge faces commonly fade and discolor after decades of UV exposure, often turning from their original dark appearance to an orange or brown tone. These reproduction face plates restore the factory-style appearance using \u003cstrong\u003eclear PVC construction and UV-printed graphics\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved long-term color stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo year-specific designs are available to accurately reproduce the visual differences Toyota used during the 1984–1989 production range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style replacement for the factory inclinometer and altimeter face plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003eyear-specific factory-style designs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate font, markings, scaling, and graphic layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear PVC plastic construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV-printed graphics for improved fade resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to replace faded or discolored original face plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatches the original dimensions and mounting configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for OEM-style interior restorations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eYear-Specific Designs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToyota used two distinct inclinometer face designs across these applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986 Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis early-style face plate features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrange \u003cstrong\u003e4WD\u003c\/strong\u003e graphic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite \u003cstrong\u003eTOYOTA\u003c\/strong\u003e logo positioned in the center of the inclinometer face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEarly factory-style gauge layout and appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis configuration is designed for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1986 Toyota 4Runner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1986 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989 Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe later-style face plate removes the orange 4WD graphic and white Toyota logo used on the earlier design. Instead, it features the \u003cstrong\u003esubtle striped background pattern found on the original later-style face plate\u003c\/strong\u003e. The pattern is intentionally faint to reproduce the factory appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis configuration is designed for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1987–1989 Toyota 4Runner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1987–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement face plate is manufactured from \u003cstrong\u003eclear PVC plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e with UV-printed graphics that reproduce the original gauge markings and design details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe updated materials provide improved resistance to prolonged sun exposure while maintaining the appearance of the original Toyota inclinometer and altimeter assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1986 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen – Factory Inclinometer \/ Altimeter Gauge – Early Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1987–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen – Factory Inclinometer \/ Altimeter Gauge – Late Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1986 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – Factory Inclinometer \/ Altimeter Gauge – Early Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1987–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – Factory Inclinometer \/ Altimeter Gauge – Late Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle must be equipped with the \u003cstrong\u003efactory inclinometer and altimeter gauge assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange 4WD graphic with white Toyota logo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989:\u003c\/strong\u003e Subtle striped background without the orange 4WD graphic or white Toyota logo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor Toyota Pickup, the later-style configuration applies to \u003cstrong\u003e1987–1988 models\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the original gauge face plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the factory mounting configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Altimeter \u0026amp; Inclinometer Face Plate\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Inclinometer \/ Altimeter Gauge Assembly\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear PVC Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGraphics:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV Printed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM Style\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1984–1986 Style, 1987–1989 Style\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePermanent Modification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eYear Range\u003c\/strong\u003e that matches your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrange 4WD graphic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite Toyota logo in the center of the inclinometer face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits 1984–1986 Toyota 4Runner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits 1984–1986 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubtle factory-style striped background\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes not feature the orange 4WD graphic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes not feature the white Toyota logo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits 1987–1989 Toyota 4Runner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits 1987–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach configuration includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM-style altimeter and inclinometer face plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"RestoRunner","offers":[{"title":"1984-1986","offer_id":52538796540213,"sku":"365","price":100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1987-1989","offer_id":52538796572981,"sku":"366","price":100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/early.png?v=1775426717"},{"product_id":"tilt-steering-column-cover-1984-89-4runner-pickup","title":"Tilt Steering Column Cover (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOEM-Style Tilt Steering Column Cover\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Factory Tilt Steering Column\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style Tilt Steering Column Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e is a direct-fit replacement for Toyota 4Runner and Pickup models equipped with the factory tilt steering column. The upper and lower clamshell pieces restore the finished appearance around the steering column when the original plastic has cracked, broken, or become brittle with age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis reproduction retains the factory-style shape and mounting configuration while strengthening common failure areas with a \u003cstrong\u003ethicker internal structure, reinforced screw towers, and heavier alignment tabs\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured using industrial SLS 3D printing from \u003cstrong\u003eglass-fiber-reinforced polyamide\u003c\/strong\u003e, the cover combines heat resistance, structural strength, and slight material flexibility for improved durability in an automotive interior environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style replacement for the factory tilt steering column clamshell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper and lower steering column cover included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced internal structure for improved durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrengthened screw towers to help reduce cracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThicker alignment tabs at common failure points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial SLS 3D-printed construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass-fiber-reinforced polyamide material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaintable for accurate factory interior color matching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforced SLS Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original steering column covers can become brittle after decades of heat, UV exposure, and repeated removal. This reproduction strengthens several areas that are commonly damaged during normal use and service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe internal structure, screw towers, and alignment tabs are reinforced while retaining the original mounting layout. Industrial \u003cstrong\u003eSelective Laser Sintering construction\u003c\/strong\u003e also allows the part to be produced from durable glass-fiber-reinforced polyamide rather than relying on aging original plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePaint \u0026amp; Interior Color Matching\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach steering column cover is supplied in a \u003cstrong\u003eraw black, gray, or white finish depending on the production batch\u003c\/strong\u003e and should be painted for an accurate match to the surrounding factory interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended SEM interior colors include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGray:\u003c\/strong\u003e Very Dark Pewter 17223\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrown:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bluebird Brown 15483\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Napa Red 15273\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shadow Blue 15043\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProper surface preparation and interior-grade paint application are recommended for the best finished appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen – Factory Tilt Steering Column\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – Factory Tilt Steering Column\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor factory tilt steering column-equipped vehicles only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes not apply to non-tilt steering column configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces the upper and lower factory steering column clamshell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the original mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied raw and should be painted for an accurate OEM interior color match\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypical production lead time is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1–3 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMost orders ship within approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1 week\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tilt Steering Column Cover\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upper \u0026amp; Lower Clamshell\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Tilt Steering Column\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Process:\u003c\/strong\u003e SLS 3D Printing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raw \/ Paintable\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Gray, or White Depending on Production Batch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePermanent Modification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Upper tilt steering column cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Lower tilt steering column cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52674780365109,"sku":null,"price":180.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/Untitled-6darkernosat.png?v=1778604813"},{"product_id":"ashtray-cupholder-1984-89-4runner-pickup","title":"Sliding Ashtray Cupholder (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eSliding Ashtray Cupholder\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup \u0026amp; 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSliding Ashtray Cupholder\u003c\/strong\u003e adds modern drink storage to the factory ashtray location in 1984–1988 Toyota Pickups and 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners. The compact design slides directly into the original ashtray opening, maintaining a clean, factory-inspired dashboard appearance without requiring permanent interior modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from heat- and UV-resistant \u003cstrong\u003eASA plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e, the cupholder is designed for automotive interior use and features a \u003cstrong\u003e2.8-inch cup opening\u003c\/strong\u003e with a magnetic fold-down lower support for improved drink stability. Choose from three colors and either a blank or embossed \u003cstrong\u003eCUPHOLDER\u003c\/strong\u003e front plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrent production lead time is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlides directly into the factory ashtray opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle-specific design for classic Toyota Pickup and 4Runner interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.8-inch cup opening\u003c\/strong\u003e accommodates most cans and medium-to-large drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnetic fold-down cup support stabilizes the bottom of the drink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable installation with no permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature \u003cstrong\u003eASA plastic construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved UV resistance for automotive interior use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Black, Dark Gray, or Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlank or embossed \u003cstrong\u003eCUPHOLDER\u003c\/strong\u003e front plate options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with factory manual and automatic shifter configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHigh-Temperature ASA Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cupholder is manufactured from \u003cstrong\u003eASA plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e, a material well suited to automotive interiors because of its resistance to heat, UV exposure, warping, and sagging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main sliding assembly is intentionally produced in \u003cstrong\u003elight gray\u003c\/strong\u003e to help minimize the appearance of wear marks caused by repeated sliding contact. The visible color components are available in Black, Dark Gray, or Brown to coordinate with the vehicle interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – Factory Ashtray Location\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen – Factory Ashtray Location\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for vehicles equipped with the factory ashtray opening and surrounding interior configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with factory \u003cstrong\u003emanual and automatic shifters\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessively worn shifter bushings may allow additional shifter movement and cause clearance issues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAftermarket shifters may have different clearance requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent modification is required for normal operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor the most flush installation, trimming approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e from the factory metal ashtray retaining bracket is recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe retaining-bracket modification is optional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCupholder remains functional without trimming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory ashtray functionality is unaffected by the optional bracket modification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sliding Ashtray Cupholder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Ashtray Opening\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ASA Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCup Opening Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.8 Inches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCup Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magnetic Fold-Down Rest\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShifter Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Manual \/ Automatic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black \/ Dark Gray \/ Brown\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSliding Assembly Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light Gray\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFront Plate Styles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blank \/ Embossed CUPHOLDER\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable \/ Vehicle Specific\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 1–2 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFront Plate Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmbossed \u003cstrong\u003eCUPHOLDER\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEach configuration includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Sliding ashtray cupholder assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Magnetic fold-down cup support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRequired installation tools:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 mm hex key\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.5 mm wrench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhillips or JIS screwdriver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Caribouyota","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ Blank","offer_id":52843185209653,"sku":"378","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Black \/ Embossed “CUPHOLDER”","offer_id":52843185242421,"sku":"379","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Dark Gray \/ Blank","offer_id":52843185275189,"sku":"380","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Dark Gray \/ Embossed “CUPHOLDER”","offer_id":52843185307957,"sku":"381","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Brown \/ Blank","offer_id":52843185340725,"sku":"382","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Brown \/ Embossed “CUPHOLDER”","offer_id":52843185373493,"sku":"383","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/1_95ddbf14-663e-4e62-9cdb-00cb6da5c350.png?v=1778176973"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-abs-sr5-door-panels-1984-89-4runner","title":"Heavy Duty ABS SR5 Door Panels (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeavy Duty ABS SR5 Door Panels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with SR5 Interior\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty ABS SR5 Door Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e are vehicle-specific replacement interior panels for \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e models equipped with SR5 interior trim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003e1\/8-inch textured ABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e, these panels replace aging factory door panels with a rigid, moisture-resistant surface that is better suited to long-term use in restored, daily-driven, and off-road Toyota trucks. They retain factory-style mounting and interior alignment without requiring modifications to the door structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree configurations are available to match the vehicle's original equipment: \u003cstrong\u003emanual windows, power windows, or power windows with the factory lock package\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8-inch textured ABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect-fit replacement for factory SR5 door panels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResistant to moisture, cracking, and warping\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUses factory door-panel mounting locations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo modifications to the door structure required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable for manual and power window configurations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower window + lock option accommodates the larger driver-side master switch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for \u003cstrong\u003e4-inch and 6-inch aftermarket speaker installations\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy-to-clean textured surface\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncludes new mounting hardware fittings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeavy Duty ABS Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rigid ABS construction provides improved durability compared with aging factory fiberboard-style door panels, which can soften, deform, or deteriorate after prolonged exposure to moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe textured surface provides a clean interior appearance while remaining practical for trucks used for off-road driving, camping, utility work, and regular cargo use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpeaker Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ABS panels are suitable for aftermarket audio installations using:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4-inch speakers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6-inch speakers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rigid panel construction provides a durable mounting surface for vehicles receiving an upgraded speaker system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – SR5 interior\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – SR5 interior\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSR5 interior applications only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect the configuration that matches the vehicle's factory window and lock equipment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUses factory door-panel mounting locations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo modifications to the door structure required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerify the existing switch and window configuration before ordering\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower window + lock configuration is designed for vehicles equipped with the larger driver-side master switch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interior Door Panels\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Doors\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Textured ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8 Inch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTrim Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e SR5\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpeaker Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-Inch \u0026amp; 6-Inch Speakers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made to Order\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3–4 Weeks\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Door Panels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManual Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for factory SR5 manual-window door configurations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for factory SR5 power-window door configurations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower Window + Lock Package\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for factory SR5 power-window and power-lock configurations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccommodates the larger driver-side master switch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEach configuration includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e(1) Driver Heavy Duty ABS SR5 Door Panel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e(1) Passenger Heavy Duty ABS SR5 Door Panel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e(26) Mounting Hardware Fittings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"4Runner Door (Dual Passenger Handles) \/ Manual Window","offer_id":52922794443061,"sku":"433","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4Runner Door (Dual Passenger Handles) \/ Power Window","offer_id":52922794475829,"sku":"434","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4Runner Door (Dual Passenger Handles) \/ Power Window + Lock Package (Bigger Driver Door Master Switch)","offer_id":52922794508597,"sku":"435","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pickup Door \/ Manual Window","offer_id":52922794541365,"sku":"436","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pickup Door \/ Power Window","offer_id":52922794574133,"sku":"437","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pickup Door \/ Power Window + Lock Package (Bigger Driver Door Master Switch)","offer_id":52922794606901,"sku":"438","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/crank_window_4runner_20839af9-6f7d-408a-b838-29fc31093157.png?v=1779813241"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-abs-dlx-short-style-door-panels-1984-89-4runner-pickup","title":"Heavy Duty ABS DLX Short Style Door Panels (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eHeavy Duty ABS DLX Short Style Door Panels\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with DLX Short Style Manual-Window Door Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty ABS DLX Short Style Door Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e are durable replacement interior door panels for \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e models equipped with the factory DLX short-style manual-window door panel configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003e1\/8-inch textured ABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e, these panels replace aging factory fiberboard panels with a moisture-resistant material that will not absorb water and swell like the original backing material. The rigid ABS construction also provides improved resistance to warping, cracking, and deterioration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pair is designed around the factory door layout and mounting locations for a clean, OEM-inspired fit without drilling or modifying the doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for \u003cstrong\u003eDLX short-style door panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8-inch textured ABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoisture-resistant alternative to factory fiberboard panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved resistance to warping, cracking, and deterioration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory door-panel mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo drilling or door modifications required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003emanual-window applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports \u003cstrong\u003e4-inch and 6-inch speaker installations\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes driver and passenger door panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes \u003cstrong\u003e26 mounting hardware fasteners\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Duty ABS Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Toyota fiberboard door panels can deteriorate after years of exposure to moisture, repeated removal, and normal interior wear. The 1\/8-inch ABS construction provides a more durable foundation while retaining a clean, factory-inspired appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe textured surface is easy to clean and the rigid panel construction also provides a stable mounting surface for vehicles using aftermarket door speakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – DLX Short Style – Manual Windows – Front Doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – DLX Short Style – Manual Windows – Front Doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDLX short-style door panel applications only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManual-window applications only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes not fit SR5-style door panel configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the existing door-panel style before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the factory front door mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo drilling or permanent door modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports 4-inch and 6-inch speaker installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to order with a typical \u003cstrong\u003e3–4 week lead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interior Door Panel Set\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Doors\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Textured ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8 Inch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e DLX Short Style\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWindow Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual Window\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpeaker Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-Inch \u0026amp; 6-Inch Speakers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made to Order\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3–4 Weeks\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Door Panels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-Side Heavy Duty ABS DLX Short Style Door Panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-Side Heavy Duty ABS DLX Short Style Door Panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(26) Mounting Hardware Fasteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"4Runner Door (Dual Passenger Handles)","offer_id":53009598153013,"sku":"487","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pickup Door","offer_id":53009598185781,"sku":"488","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/4runner_a9ea55ac-5edc-4a86-8e79-a7531b1bf36f.png?v=1781727474"},{"product_id":"vintage-style-rubber-floor-mats-1979-89-4runner-pickup","title":"Vintage-Style Rubber Floor Mats (1979-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eVintage-Style Rubber Floor Mats\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1979–1988 Toyota Pickup \u0026amp; 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eVintage-Style Rubber Floor Mats\u003c\/strong\u003e bring period-correct styling back to classic Toyota interiors while using modern materials for improved durability and everyday use. Designed for \u003cstrong\u003e1979–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e, these front floor mats are inspired by the distinctive factory mats found in late-1970s and 1980s Toyota trucks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach mat combines a durable \u003cstrong\u003elatex rubber base\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003emarine-grade carpet surface\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved resistance to moisture, wear, and fading. The result maintains a vintage OEM-inspired appearance without relying on decades-old original mats that may be cracked, brittle, faded, or heavily worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePre-installed \u003cstrong\u003ehook-and-loop backing patches\u003c\/strong\u003e help minimize movement without drilling or permanent modifications to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVintage-inspired design based on period Toyota floor mats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle-specific fit for classic Toyota Pickup and 4Runner interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u003cstrong\u003elatex rubber construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePremium \u003cstrong\u003emarine-grade carpet\u003c\/strong\u003e surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoisture- and wear-resistant materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible construction designed to resist cracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-installed \u003cstrong\u003ehook-and-loop backing patches\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent vehicle modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver- and passenger-side front mats included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWell suited to restorations, daily drivers, and period-style builds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe latex rubber base provides a flexible, durable foundation while the marine-grade carpet surface is designed to withstand moisture and regular foot traffic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared with aging original floor mats, the modern material combination provides improved resistance to cracking, fading, moisture exposure, and everyday wear while retaining the appearance of a vintage interior accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1979–1983 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the factory front floor areas of the vehicles listed above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes driver- and passenger-side mats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-installed hook-and-loop backing helps reduce mat movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo drilling or permanent modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming normally required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify vehicle year and interior configuration before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Floor Mat Set\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Driver \u0026amp; Passenger\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latex Rubber\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine-Grade Carpet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vintage \/ OEM-Inspired\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRetention:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-Installed Hook-and-Loop Backing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Floor Mats\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-Side Vintage-Style Floor Mat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-Side Vintage-Style Floor Mat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Vtgmats","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":53126116409653,"sku":"501","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":53126116442421,"sku":"502","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":53126116507957,"sku":"504","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/Untitled-1_d723a734-88de-44e2-85c9-0bed6ce6262e.png?v=1783973020"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-abs-dlx-door-panels-1984-89-4runner-pickup","title":"Heavy Duty ABS DLX Door Panels (1984-89 4Runner\/Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Duty ABS DLX Door Panels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \u0026amp; 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with DLX Interior\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty ABS DLX Door Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e are vehicle-specific replacement front door panels for classic Toyota 4Runner and Pickup models equipped with the \u003cstrong\u003eDLX interior configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003e1\/8-inch textured ABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e, these panels replace the aging factory fiberboard panels with a moisture-resistant material that will not swell or deteriorate from moisture exposure like traditional fiberboard. They retain the factory-style shape and mounting locations for a clean OEM-inspired interior appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach set includes both driver- and passenger-side panels along with new mounting fasteners and is made to order with a typical \u003cstrong\u003e3–4 week lead time\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8-inch textured ABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for factory \u003cstrong\u003eDLX interior\u003c\/strong\u003e applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle-specific driver- and passenger-side fitment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory door-panel mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo drilling or permanent door modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoisture-resistant alternative to original fiberboard panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResistant to warping and swelling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports \u003cstrong\u003e4-inch and 6-inch speaker installations\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes new mounting fasteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – DLX Interior – Front Doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – DLX Interior – Front Doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor DLX interior door-panel configurations only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo drilling or permanent door modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports 4-inch and 6-inch speaker installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the factory door-panel configuration before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to order with a typical \u003cstrong\u003e3–4 week lead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Door Panel Set\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Doors\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSides:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver \u0026amp; Passenger\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8 Inch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Textured\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e DLX\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpeaker Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-Inch \u0026amp; 6-Inch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made to Order\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Lead Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3–4 Weeks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-Side Heavy-Duty ABS DLX Door Panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-Side Heavy-Duty ABS DLX Door Panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(26) Mounting Fasteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"4Runner Door (Dual Passenger Handles)","offer_id":53157831967029,"sku":"506","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pickup Door","offer_id":53157832065333,"sku":"507","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/4runner_4e74cea5-19d2-4103-9fae-a5616c42b570.png?v=1784297292"},{"product_id":"oem-style-sr5-manual-5-speed-shift-knob-83-87","title":"OEM-Style SR5 5-Speed Manual Shift Knob","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOEM-Style SR5 5-Speed Manual Shift Knob\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Toyota 4Runner, Pickup \u0026amp; Corolla AE86 5-Speed Manual Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eOEM SR5-style 5-speed shift knob\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed to recreate the factory look, feel, and appearance of classic Toyota manual-transmission shift knobs while providing a clean replacement for a worn, damaged, or missing original knob.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe knob features a \u003cstrong\u003eblack faux-leather exterior with simulated stitching\u003c\/strong\u003e, a glossy black shift-pattern insert, glossy silver 1–5 gear markings, and a distinctive \u003cstrong\u003ered “R” reverse marking in the lower-right position\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eM12 × 1.25 female thread\u003c\/strong\u003e provides direct threaded installation on supported Toyota manual shifters. Confirmed applications include 1st and 2nd Gen Toyota 4Runner, 1st through 3rd Gen Toyota Pickup, and the Toyota Corolla AE86.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM SR5-style 5-speed manual shift knob\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eM12 × 1.25 female thread\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack faux-leather exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimulated factory-style stitching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlossy black shift-pattern insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlossy silver \u003cstrong\u003e1–5 gear markings\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed \u003cstrong\u003eR reverse marking\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReverse position located at the lower right\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory-inspired shape, appearance, and feel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-thread installation on supported Toyota manual shifters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOEM SR5-Style Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rounded shape, textured black faux-leather surface, simulated stitching, and recessed shift-pattern insert are designed to reproduce the appearance of classic Toyota SR5 manual-transmission shift knobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike billet or modern universal-style shift knobs, this design maintains a \u003cstrong\u003eperiod-correct, factory-inspired appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it well suited to restored and original-style Toyota interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – 5-Speed Manual – M12 × 1.25\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1990–1995 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – 5-Speed Manual – M12 × 1.25\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1979–1983 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – 5-Speed Manual – M12 × 1.25\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – 5-Speed Manual – M12 × 1.25\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1989–1995 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e3rd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – 5-Speed Manual – M12 × 1.25\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Corolla\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1983–1987 Toyota Corolla AE86 – 5-Speed Manual – M12 × 1.25\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5-speed manual transmission applications only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires an \u003cstrong\u003eM12 × 1.25 factory-style shifter thread\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses a 1–5 shift pattern with \u003cstrong\u003ereverse in the lower-right position\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits the Toyota 4Runner, Pickup, and Corolla AE86 applications listed above when equipped with the corresponding 5-speed manual configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMay also be used on other Toyota 5-speed manual applications using the same \u003cstrong\u003eM12 × 1.25 thread and lower-right reverse pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes not fit automatic-transmission shifters\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify thread size and shift pattern before ordering if the vehicle is not specifically listed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShift boot and shift lever are not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual Transmission Shift Knob\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM SR5-Style\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransmission:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-Speed Manual\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThread Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e M12 × 1.25\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Faux Leather\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStitching:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simulated Stitching\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShift Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1–5 + Reverse\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReverse Position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lower Right\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShift Pattern Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glossy Silver with Red Reverse Accent\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Thread\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM SR5-style faux leather 5-speed manual shift knob\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53343672500533,"sku":"701","price":69.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/smaller.png?v=1787189904"},{"product_id":"sparco-r100-black-reclining-street-seat","title":"Sparco R100 Black\/Black Reclining Street Seat","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSparco R100 Black\/Black Reclining Street Seat\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUniversal Automotive Applications with Compatible Seat Mounting Hardware\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOverview\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Sparco R100 is a reclining high-back sport seat designed for street-driven performance cars, restomods, and enthusiast builds that need additional lateral support without giving up an adjustable backrest.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIts steel-frame design combines pronounced side bolsters with supportive padding and durable black upholstery. A double-adjuster recline mechanism allows the seating position to be adjusted for street use, while the high-back bucket profile provides substantially more body support than a typical factory seat. The seat also accepts 4-point harness configurations.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis listing is available as either \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eone individual seat or a matching pair\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, allowing customers to replace only the driver seat or build a coordinated driver-and-passenger setup.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReclining high-back sport seat\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSteel-frame construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRedesigned side bolsters for increased lateral support\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupportive padding designed for improved comfort\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDouble-adjuster lever reclining mechanism\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDurable black OEM-style fabric upholstery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAccepts 4-point harness configurations\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for driver- or passenger-side installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAvailable individually or as a matching pair\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cbr class=\"ProseMirror-trailingBreak\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStreet-Oriented Reclining Design\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe R100 provides a useful middle ground between a conventional factory seat and a fixed-back competition bucket. Its bolstered shape offers additional support during spirited driving, while the reclining backrest makes the seat more practical for street cars where seating adjustment and everyday usability remain important.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnlike a vehicle-specific replacement seat, the R100 is a \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003euniversal-fit seat\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and must be installed using mounting hardware appropriate for the vehicle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUniversal Automotive Application\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for installation in vehicles that can accommodate the seat and the required mounting hardware\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for driver- or passenger-side use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicle-specific seat brackets, bases, sliders, or adapters may be required\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis universal classification does \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003enot\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e mean the seat bolts directly to every vehicle without additional mounting components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicle-specific seat mounting hardware may be required and is not included with the seat\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVerify seat dimensions and interior clearance before ordering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVerify the correct seat base, bracket, slider, and mounting hardware for the vehicle\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDriver- and passenger-side mounting requirements may differ by vehicle\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHarness installation requires an appropriately configured harness mounting system\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional installation is recommended when modifying or replacing factory seating and restraint components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBrand:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Sparco\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSeries:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e R100\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Reclining Street \/ Performance Seat\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSeat Style:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e High-Back Bucket\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApplication:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Universal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePosition:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Driver or Passenger\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eColor:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Black \/ Black\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFrame:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Steel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUpholstery:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Durable OEM-Style Fabric\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBackrest:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Reclining\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRecline Mechanism:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Double Adjuster Lever\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHarness Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Accepts 4-Point Harnesses\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Available as Single Seat or Pair\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSeat Quantity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSingle Seat\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(1) Sparco R100 Black\/Black Reclining Seat\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for a driver-side upgrade or single-seat replacement\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePair of Seats\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e(2) Matching Sparco R100 Black\/Black Reclining Seats\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProvides one seat for the driver side and one for the passenger side\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRecommended for customers wanting a matching front-seat setup\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Sparco","offers":[{"title":"Single Seat","offer_id":53574332580149,"sku":"950","price":425.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair of Seats","offer_id":53574332612917,"sku":"951","price":850.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/sparco-r100-reclining-seat-toyota-ae86-01.png?v=1789063503"}],"url":"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/collections\/2nd-gen-pickup-interior-parts-1984-1988.oembed?page=2","provider":"Preserve Rad","version":"1.0","type":"link"}